shortcuts:
caxpy ccopy cdotc cdotu cgbmv
cgemm cgemv cgerc cgeru chbmv
chemm chemv cher cher2 cher2k
cherk chpmv chpr chpr2 crotg
cscal csrot csscal cswap csymm
csyr2k csyrk ctbmv ctbsv ctpmv
ctpsv ctrmm ctrmv ctrsm ctrsv
dasum daxpy dcabs1 dcopy ddot
dgbmv dgemm dgemv dger dnrm2
drot drotg drotm drotmg dsbmv
dscal dsdot dspmv dspr dspr2
dswap dsymm dsymv dsyr dsyr2
dsyr2k dsyrk dtbmv dtbsv dtpmv
dtpsv dtrmm dtrmv dtrsm dtrsv
dzasum dznrm2 icamax idamax isamax
izamax lsame sasum saxpy scabs1
scasum scnrm2 scopy sdot sdsdot
sgbmv sgemm sgemv sger snrm2
srot srotg srotm srotmg ssbmv
sscal sspmv sspr sspr2 sswap
ssymm ssymv ssyr ssyr2 ssyr2k
ssyrk stbmv stbsv stpmv stpsv
strmm strmv strsm strsv xerbla
xerbla_array zaxpy zcopy zdotc zdotu
zdrot zdscal zgbmv zgemm zgemv
zgerc zgeru zhbmv zhemm zhemv
zher zher2 zher2k zherk zhpmv
zhpr zhpr2 zrotg zscal zswap
zsymm zsyr2k zsyrk ztbmv ztbsv
ztpmv ztpsv ztrmm ztrmv ztrsm
ztrsv


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - caxpy (3m_blas)

NAME

caxpy(3f) -- [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL1] CY:=CY+CA*CX (constant times a vector plus a vector)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Description
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine caxpy(n,ca,cx,incx,cy,incy)

       .. Scalar Arguments ..
       complex,intent(in)    :: ca
       integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,n
       ..
       .. Array Arguments ..
       complex,intent(in)    :: cx(*)
       complex,intent(inout) :: cy(*)

DESCRIPTION

CAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector.

OPTIONS

N number of elements in input vector(s)
CA On entry, CA specifies the scalar alpha.
CX CX is COMPLEX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )
INCX storage spacing between elements of CX
CY CY is COMPLEX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )
INCY storage spacing between elements of CY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

Jack Dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 caxpy (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 6626d740-339a-4923-b5f6-813488fd9f2b using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ccopy (3m_blas)

NAME

ccopy(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL1] CY:=CX (copies elements of a vector x to a vector y)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Description
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ccopy(n,cx,incx,cy,incy)

    .. scalar arguments ..
       integer,intent(in)  ::  incx,incy,n
    ..
    .. array arguments ..
       complex,intent(in)  ::  cx(*)
       complex,intent(out) ::  cy(*)

DESCRIPTION

CCOPY copies a vector x to a vector y.

OPTIONS

N number of elements in input vector(s)
CX dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )
INCX storage spacing between elements of CX
CY dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )
INCY storage spacing between elements of CY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ccopy (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 6141ec24-1044-46da-82df-ae677f32d234 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cdotc (3m_blas)

NAME

cdotc(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL1] CDOTC := SUM CONJUGATE(CX) * CY (conjugated vector dot product)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

complex function cdotc(n,cx,incx,cy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) ::  incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in) ::  cx(*),cy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CDOTC forms the dot product of two complex vectors

      CDOTC = X^H * Y

OPTIONS

N number of elements in input vector(s)
CX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )
INCX storage spacing between elements of CX
CY array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )
INCY storage spacing between elements of CY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.
 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack,
  3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cdotc (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 8fb4e3a0-4d93-478d-be45-91bc7e20e3fe using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cdotu (3m_blas)

NAME

cdotu(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL1] CDOTU := SUM CX * CY (unconjugated vector dot product)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

complex function cdotu(n,cx,incx,cy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) ::  incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in) ::  cx(*),cy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CDOTU forms the dot product of two complex vectors

      CDOTU = X^T * Y

OPTIONS

    N

number of elements in input vector(s)

    CX

array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

storage spacing between elements of CX

    CY

array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

storage spacing between elements of CY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.
 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cdotu (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from e7a3c769-62da-4555-bc20-0ace5a92dde8 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cgbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

cgbmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CY := alpha*A*CX + beta*CY; ==> A is a rectangular band matrix).

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Description
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cgbmv(trans,m,n,kl,ku,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,kl,ku,lda,m,n
      character,intent(in)  :: trans
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DESCRIPTION

CGBMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations
    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,   or

y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.

OPTIONS

    TRANS

On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y.

    M

On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    KL

On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the
matrix A. KL must satisfy
  0 .le. KL.

    KU

On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the
matrix A. KU must satisfy
  0 .le. KU.

    ALPHA

On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on.

Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle) are not referenced.

The following program segment will transfer a band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    K = KU + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

    LDA

On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( kl + ku + 1 ).

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.
 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cgbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 098186ae-c2e4-4545-aea0-a49d3eac41ae using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cgemm (3m_blas)

NAME

cgemm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*B+beta*C; ==> A, B, C rectangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cgemm(transa,transb,m,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in)  :: transa,transb
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CGEMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,

where op( X ) is one of

    op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X**T   or   op( X ) = X**H,

alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A )
an m by k matrix,
  op( B ) a K by N matrix and C an M by N matrix.

OPTIONS

    TRANSA

On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’,  op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’, op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’, op( A ) = A**H.

    TRANSB

TRANSB is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’,  op( B ) = B.

TRANSB = ’T’ or ’t’, op( B ) = B**T.

TRANSB = ’C’ or ’c’, op( B ) = B**H.

    M

On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix op( A ) and of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’, and is m otherwise. Before entry with TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading m by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by m part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is n when TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’, and is k otherwise. Before entry with TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, k ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, n ).

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n matrix ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cgemm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 539f32ee-9dfd-48b2-8ddd-4370ff4604db using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cgemv (3m_blas)

NAME

cgemv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CY := alpha*A*CX + beta*CY; ==> A a rectangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cgemv(trans,m,n,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      COMPLEX,intent(in)    :: ALPHA,BETA
      INTEGER,intent(in)    :: INCX,INCY,LDA,M,N
      CHARACTER,intent(in)  :: TRANS
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      COMPLEX,intent(in)    :: A(LDA,*),X(*)
      COMPLEX,intent(inout) :: Y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CGEMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,   or

y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise. Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cgemv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from db2de53c-45e5-41b9-a0b6-18c0fbac482b using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cgerc (3m_blas)

NAME

cgerc(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] A := A + alpha*CX*CONJUGATE-TRANSPOSE(CY); ==> A is a rectangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cgerc(m,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CGERC performs the rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**H + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element vector and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is overwritten by the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cgerc (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 7dd1ed9a-770a-49b1-a641-a379c1e084b8 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cgeru (3m_blas)

NAME

cgeru(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] A := A + alpha*CX*TRANSPOSE(CY); ==> A is a rectangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cgeru(m,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CGERU performs the rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**T + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element vector and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is overwritten by the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cgeru (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from fb2b17d9-bebe-4aa5-a5fb-4c53b9d3d813 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - chbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

chbmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CY := alpha*A*CX + beta*CY; ==> A a (square) hermitian band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine chbmv(uplo,n,k,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)  :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHBMV(3f) performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian band matrix, with k super-diagonals.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  being supplied.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is being supplied.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the hermitian matrix, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer the upper triangular part of a hermitian band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the hermitian matrix, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer the lower triangular part of a hermitian band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set and are assumed to be zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 chbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 9d807236-ab4f-4941-9604-56add55fbe98 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - chemm (3m_blas)

NAME

chemm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*TRANSPOSE(A)+beta*C; ==> A hermitian, B, C rectangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine chemm(side,uplo,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in)  :: side,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHEMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, A is an hermitian matrix and B and C are m by n matrices.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether the hermitian matrix A appears on the left or right in the operation as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of the
                                  hermitian matrix is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix is to be referenced.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n otherwise. Before entry with SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’, the m by m part of the array A must contain the hermitian matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading m by m upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading m by m lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’, the n by n part of the array A must contain the hermitian matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 chemm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 2cc135c7-4d4e-447b-bda4-692054eacee6 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - chemv (3m_blas)

NAME

chemv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CY := alpha*A*CX + beta*CY; ==> A a (square) hermitian matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine chemv(uplo,n,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,lda,n
      character,intent(in)  :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHEMV performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set and are assumed to be zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 chemv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from fac40aaf-f1a5-4de0-859b-50c36c00b8ce using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cher (3m_blas)

NAME

cher(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] A := A + alpha*CX*CONJUGATE-TRANSPOSE(CX); ==> A a (square) hermitian matrix. (performs the hermitian rank 1 operation)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cher(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)       :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)  :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(in)    :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHER performs the hermitian rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*x**H + A,

where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an n by n hermitian matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cher (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 446bb0f6-2d5a-4e45-a674-a0a1374fa1fe using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cher2 (3m_blas)

NAME

cher2(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] A := A + alpha*CX*CONJUGATE-TRANSPOSE(CY)n + CONJUGATE(alpha)*CY*CONJUGATE-TRANSPOSE(CX); ==> n A a (square) hermitian matrix. (performs the hermitian rank 2 operation)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cher2(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)     :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)     :: incx,incy,lda,n
      character,intent(in)   :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout)  :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(in)     :: x(*),y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHER2 performs the hermitian rank 2 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**H + conjg( alpha )*y*x**H + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cher2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from e5db32e4-79a7-422b-9010-c758ec9df8ff using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cher2k (3m_blas)

NAME

cher2k(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*TRANSPOSE(B)+alpha*B*TRANSPOSE(A)+beta*C; ==> C hermitian. (performs one of the hermitian rank 2k operations)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cher2k(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha
      real,intent(in)       :: beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)  :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHER2K performs one of the hermitian rank 2k operations

    C := alpha*A*B**H + conjg( alpha )*B*A**H + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**H*B + conjg( alpha )*B**H*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars with beta real, C is an n by n hermitian matrix and A and B are n by k matrices in the first case and k by n matrices in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’    C := alpha*A*B**H          +
                                         conjg( alpha )*B*A**H +
                                         beta*C.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ C := alpha*A**H*B + conjg( alpha )*B**H*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrices A and B, and on entry with TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrices A and B. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

-- Modified 8-Nov-93 to set C(J,J) to REAL( C(J,J) ) when BETA = 1. Ed Anderson, Cray Research Inc.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cher2k (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 26a32d39-989b-4ac9-b13b-cb96306b06da using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cherk (3m_blas)

NAME

cherk(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] performs one of the hermitian rank k operations C:=alpha*A*TRANSPOSE(A)+beta*C, C hermitian.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cherk(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)       :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: k,lda,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)  :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHERK performs one of the hermitian rank k operations

    C := alpha*A*A**H + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**H*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are real scalars, C is an n by n hermitian matrix and A is an n by k matrix in the first case and a k by n matrix in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   C := alpha*A*A**H + beta*C.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ C := alpha*A**H*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix A, and on entry with TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

-- Modified 8-Nov-93 to set C(J,J) to REAL( C(J,J) ) when BETA = 1. Ed Anderson, Cray Research Inc.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cherk (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 7bd87a46-0af3-4b93-9145-19efc6213f02 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - chpmv (3m_blas)

NAME

chpmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CY := alpha*A*CX + beta*CY, A a (square) hermitian packed matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine chpmv(uplo,n,alpha,ap,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,n
      character,intent(in)  :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: ap(*),x(*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHPMV(3f) performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    AP

AP is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set and are assumed to be zero.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 chpmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 55ef0fd2-5f22-4404-9ae3-2239fa35e5df using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - chpr (3m_blas)

NAME

chpr(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] performs the hermitian rank 1 operation A := A + alpha*CX*CONJUGATE-TRANSPOSE(CX), a a (square) hermitian packed.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Ap
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine chpr(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,ap)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)       :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)  :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: ap(*)
      complex,intent(in)    :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHPR performs the hermitian rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*x**H + A,

where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    AP

AP is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 chpr (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 0a5380fd-6b8a-4c32-b7b7-65dc7780498c using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - chpr2 (3m_blas)

NAME

chpr2(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] performs the hermitian rank 2 operation A := A + alpha*CX*CONJUGATE-TRANSPOSE(CY)n + CONJUGATE(ALPHA)*CY*CONJUGATE-TRANSPOSE(CX),n A a (square) hermitian packed matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Ap
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine chpr2(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,ap)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,n
      character,intent(in)  :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: ap(*)
      complex,intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CHPR2 performs the hermitian rank 2 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**H + conjg( alpha )*y*x**H + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    AP

AP is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 chpr2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 286320bb-a29c-4115-b4f0-72687e2e624f using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - crotg (3m_blas)

NAME

crotg(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] Generate a hermitian Given’s rotation.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Description
Options
Authors
Contributors
Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine CROTG( a, b, c, s )

     .. Scalar Arguments ..
        complex(wp),intent(inout) :: a
        complex(wp),intent(in)    :: b
        real(wp),intent(out)      :: c
        complex(wp),intent(out)   :: s

DESCRIPTION

CROTG constructs a plane rotation

     [  c         s ] [ a ] = [ r ]
     [ -conjg(s)  c ] [ b ]   [ 0 ]

where c is real, s ic complex, and c**2 + conjg(s)*s = 1.

The computation uses the formulas

    |x| = sqrt( Re(x)**2 + Im(x)**2 )
    sgn(x) = x / |x|  if x /= 0
           = 1        if x  = 0
    c = |a| / sqrt(|a|**2 + |b|**2)
    s = sgn(a) * conjg(b) / sqrt(|a|**2 + |b|**2)

When a and b are real and r /= 0, the formulas simplify to

    r = sgn(a)*sqrt(|a|**2 + |b|**2)
    c = a / r
    s = b / r

the same as in CROTG when |a| > |b|. When |b| >= |a|, the sign of c and s will be different from those computed by CROTG if the signs of a and b are not the same.

OPTIONS

A On entry, the scalar a. On exit, the scalar r.
B The scalar b.
C The scalar c.
S The scalar s.

AUTHORS

o Edward Anderson, Lockheed Martin

CONTRIBUTORS

o Weslley Pereira, University of Colorado Denver, USA

FURTHER DETAILS

Anderson E. (2017) Algorithm 978: Safe Scaling in the Level 1 BLAS ACM Trans Math Softw 44:1--28 https://doi.org/10.1145/3061665

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 crotg (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 7cde1f2a-8873-4929-937d-24bf655279e0 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cscal (3m_blas)

NAME

cscal(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL1] scales a vector by a constant. CX:=CA*CX (complex multiplier)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cscal(n,ca,cx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: ca
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: cx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CSCAL scales a vector by a constant.

OPTIONS

    N

number of elements in input vector(s)

    CA

On entry, CA specifies the scalar alpha.

    CX

CX is COMPLEX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

storage spacing between elements of CX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cscal (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 175f136d-1931-40d9-b437-6694ed5c73e0 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - csrot (3m_blas)

NAME

csrot(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL1] Applies a real Given’s rotation to complex vectors.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Cx
     Cy
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine csrot( n, cx, incx, cy, incy, c, s )

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)       :: incx, incy, n
      real,intent(in)          :: c, s
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout)    :: cx( * ), cy( * )
      ..

DEFINITION

CSROT applies a plane rotation, where the cos and sin (c and s) are real and the vectors cx and cy are complex. jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the vectors cx and cy. N must be at least zero.

    CX

CX is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array CX must contain the n element vector cx. On exit, CX is overwritten by the updated vector cx.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of CX. INCX must not be zero.

    CY

CY is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array CY must contain the n element vector cy. On exit, CY is overwritten by the updated vector cy.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of CY. INCY must not be zero.

    C

C is REAL On entry, C specifies the cosine, cos.

    S

S is REAL On entry, S specifies the sine, sin.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 csrot (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from c023c42f-327c-4b04-9cdf-4b1089ecf400 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - csscal (3m_blas)

NAME

csscal(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL1] CSSCAL scales a complex vector by a real constant. CX:=SA*CX (real multiplier).

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Cx
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine csscal(n,sa,cx,incx)

      .. scalar arguments ..
      real,intent(in)       :: sa
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: cx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CSSCAL scales a complex vector by a real constant.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SA

SA is REAL On entry, SA specifies the scalar alpha.

    CX

CX is COMPLEX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of CX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 csscal (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 618e9d88-575a-4258-8a3a-6bff31b841e5 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - cswap (3m_blas)

NAME

cswap(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL1] Interchange vectors CX and CY.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Cx
     Cy
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine cswap(n,cx,incx,cy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: cx(*),cy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CSWAP interchanges two vectors.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    CX

CX is COMPLEX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of CX

    CY

CY is COMPLEX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of CY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 cswap (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 295ff759-5f5f-4142-9d96-d909f116a28d using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - csymm (3m_blas)

NAME

csymm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*B+beta*C, A symmetric, B, C rectangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine csymm(side,uplo,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in)  :: side,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CSYMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, A is a symmetric matrix and B and C are m by n matrices.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether the symmetric matrix A appears on the left or right in the operation as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of the
                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix is to be referenced.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n otherwise. Before entry with SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’, the m by m part of the array A must contain the symmetric matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading m by m upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading m by m lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’, the n by n part of the array A must contain the symmetric matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 csymm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from dbde2cec-57bb-48fa-8c51-fb3252c9346c using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - csyr2k (3m_blas)

NAME

csyr2k(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*TRANSPOSE(B)+alpha*B*TRANSPOSE(A)+beta*C, C symmetric.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine csyr2k(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)  :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CSYR2K performs one of the symmetric rank 2k operations

    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, C is an n by n symmetric matrix and A and B are n by k matrices in the first case and k by n matrices in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T +
                                         beta*C.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrices A and B, and on entry with TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrices A and B. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 csyr2k (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from db46fb12-9cae-4b5e-9af0-c4519bba79d6 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - csyrk (3m_blas)

NAME

csyrk(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*TRANSPOSE(A)+beta*C, C symmetric.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine csyrk(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)    :: k,lda,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)  :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CSYRK performs one of the symmetric rank k operations

    C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, C is an n by n symmetric matrix and A is an n by k matrix in the first case and a k by n matrix in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix A, and on entry with TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is COMPLEX On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 csyrk (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 5f585c6b-362e-400a-8685-bd4665ff039f using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ctbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

ctbmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CX := A*CX, A is a triangular band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ctbmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,k,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)  :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CTBMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**H*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. On entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, K specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer an upper triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a lower triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’ the elements of the array A corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ctbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from a4a98faf-9f71-44fc-bdb0-2e0e22ee2594 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ctbsv (3m_blas)

NAME

ctbsv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CX := INVERSE(A)*CX, where A is a triangular band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ctbsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,k,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)  :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CTBSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**H*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. On entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, K specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer an upper triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a lower triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’ the elements of the array A corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ctbsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f5b0121f-a9b5-44aa-a98a-21c89ea698b0 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ctpmv (3m_blas)

NAME

ctpmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CX := A*CX, A is a packed triangular band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ctpmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,ap,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)  :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: ap(*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CTPMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**H*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    AP

AP is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ctpmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f8743716-bdc5-4143-b763-ee52ff19d10b using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ctpsv (3m_blas)

NAME

ctpsv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CX := INVERSE(A)*CX, where A is a packed triangular band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ctpsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,ap,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)  :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: ap(*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CTPSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**H*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    AP

AP is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ctpsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 041da9c3-974b-4d8a-8691-63b58c453d6a using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ctrmm (3m_blas)

NAME

ctrmm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] B:=A*B or B:=B*A, A triangular, B rectangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ctrmm(side,uplo,transa,diag,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)    :: lda,ldb,m,n
      character,intent(in)  :: diag,side,transa,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: b(ldb,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CTRMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    B := alpha*op( A )*B,   or   B := alpha*B*op( A )

where alpha is a scalar, B is an m by n matrix, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of

    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T   or   op( A ) = A**H.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) multiplies B from the left or right as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   B := alpha*op( A )*B.

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ B := alpha*B*op( A ).

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’   op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’ op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’ op( A ) = A**H.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha. When alpha is zero then A is not referenced and B need not be set before entry.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, k ), where k is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’. Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading k by k upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading k by k lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDB, N ). Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B, and on exit is overwritten by the transformed matrix.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ctrmm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from cfa5f907-8a4a-41f8-8bc4-c1a7cd5de3d6 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ctrmv (3m_blas)

NAME

ctrmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CX := A*CX, A is a triangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ctrmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)  :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CTRMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**H*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ctrmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 5fbf585f-7dfb-4800-807b-7e1e6a66f130 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ctrsm (3m_blas)

NAME

ctrsm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL3] B:=INVERSE(A)*C or B:=C*INVERSE(A), B, C rectangular, A triangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ctrsm(side,uplo,transa,diag,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)    :: lda,ldb,m,n
      character,intent(in)  :: diag,side,transa,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: b(ldb,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CTRSM solves one of the matrix equations

    op( A )*X = alpha*B,   or   X*op( A ) = alpha*B,

where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of

    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T   or   op( A ) = A**H.

The matrix X is overwritten on B.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left or right of X as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   op( A )*X = alpha*B.

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ X*op( A ) = alpha*B.

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’   op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’ op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’ op( A ) = A**H.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is COMPLEX On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha. When alpha is zero then A is not referenced and B need not be set before entry.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, k ), where k is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and k is n when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’. Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading k by k upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading k by k lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the right-hand side matrix B, and on exit is overwritten by the solution matrix X.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ctrsm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 8124fc11-8471-4c10-a8de-caa068ba91d3 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ctrsv (3m_blas)

NAME

ctrsv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_BLAS_LEVEL2] CX := INVERSE(A)*CX, where A is a triangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ctrsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)  :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

CTRSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**H*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    A

A is COMPLEX array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ctrsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f7d9990c-f6a1-435a-93bc-6e687241523e using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dasum (3m_blas)

NAME

dasum(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] takes the sum of the absolute values.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

double precision function dasum(n,dx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in) :: dx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DASUM takes the sum of the absolute values.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    DX

DX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dasum (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 0120bcfc-cd45-42aa-9084-18377157de15 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - daxpy (3m_blas)

NAME

daxpy(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] constant times a vector plus a vector.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Dy
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine daxpy(n,da,dx,incx,dy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: da
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: dx(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: dy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector. uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    DA

DA is DOUBLE PRECISION On entry, DA specifies the scalar alpha.

    DX

DX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DX

    DY

DY is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 daxpy (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from a94505d1-2ef4-491b-8698-87c20ccb18ed using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dcabs1 (3m_blas)

NAME

dcabs1(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] DCABS1 computes |Re(.)| + |Im(.)| of a double complex number

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

double precision function dcabs1(z)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in) ::  Z
      ..

DEFINITION

DCABS1 computes |Re(.)| + |Im(.)| of a double complex number

OPTIONS

    Z

Z is complex(kind=real64)

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dcabs1 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from bc45354a-2ca6-4814-81e9-fffc5b9d80f0 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dcopy (3m_blas)

NAME

dcopy(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] copies elements of a vector, x, to a vector, y.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dcopy(n,dx,incx,dy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)           :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)  :: dx(*)
      double precision,intent(out) :: dy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DCOPY copies a vector, x, to a vector, y. uses unrolled loops for increments equal to 1.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    DX

DX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DX

    DY

DY is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dcopy (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 3cdee157-fffe-4bb4-aa33-2bb822e38c95 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ddot (3m_blas)

NAME

ddot(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] forms the dot product of two vectors.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

double precision function ddot(n,dx,incx,dy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in) :: dx(*),dy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DDOT forms the dot product of two vectors. uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    DX

DX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DX

    DY

DY is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ddot (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 945f3e80-56f1-4672-8c10-88561064e16d using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dgbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

dgbmv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dgbmv(trans,m,n,kl,ku,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,kl,ku,lda,m,n
      character,intent(in)           :: trans
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DGBMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.

OPTIONS

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    KL

KL is INTEGER On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. KL must satisfy 0 .le. KL.

    KU

KU is INTEGER On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. KU must satisfy 0 .le. KU.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on. Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle) are not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    K = KU + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( kl + ku + 1 ).

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dgbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 460463b9-8403-439c-b2db-fff9fa1fb2ce using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dgemm (3m_blas)

NAME

dgemm(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dgemm(transa,transb,m,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      DOUBLE PRECISION,intent(in)    :: ALPHA,BETA
      integer,intent(in)             :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in)           :: transa,transb
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DGEMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,

where op( X ) is one of

    op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X**T,

alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A ) an m by k matrix, op( B ) a k by n matrix and C an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’,  op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’, op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’, op( A ) = A**T.

    TRANSB

TRANSB is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’,  op( B ) = B.

TRANSB = ’T’ or ’t’, op( B ) = B**T.

TRANSB = ’C’ or ’c’, op( B ) = B**T.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix op( A ) and of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’, and is m otherwise. Before entry with TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading m by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by m part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is n when TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’, and is k otherwise. Before entry with TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, k ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, n ).

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n matrix ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dgemm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 5dd620e5-9fd4-42f2-9d03-7a220962e6c6 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dgemv (3m_blas)

NAME

dgemv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dgemv(trans,m,n,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      character,intent(in)           :: trans
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DGEMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise. Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dgemv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f2ec8c20-7a86-40c3-a011-45fedbc12a12 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dger (3m_blas)

NAME

dger(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dger(m,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DGER performs the rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**T + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element vector and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is overwritten by the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dger (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 64ecb153-8eb2-4417-b9d9-a82e27de8ff1 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dnrm2 (3m_blas)

NAME

dnrm2(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function name

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

double precision function dnrm2(n,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx, n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real(wp),intent(in) :: x(*)
       ..

DEFINITION

DNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function name, so that

    DNRM2 := sqrt( x’*x )

OPTIONS

    N

number of elements in input vector(s)

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER, storage spacing between elements of X

           If INCX > 0, X(1+(i-1)*INCX) = x(i) for 1 <= i <= n
           If INCX < 0, X(1-(n-i)*INCX) = x(i) for 1 <= i <= n
           If INCX = 0, x isn’t a vector so there is no need to call
           this subroutine. If you call it anyway, it will count x(1)
           in the vector norm N times.

AUTHORS

o Edward Anderson, Lockheed Martin

 date:August 2016

\par Contributors:

Weslley Pereira, University of Colorado Denver, USA

    FURTHER DETAILS

Anderson E. (2017) Algorithm 978: Safe Scaling in the Level 1 BLAS ACM Trans Math Softw 44:1--28 https://doi.org/10.1145/3061665

Blue, James L. (1978) A Portable Fortran Program to Find the Euclidean Norm of a Vector ACM Trans Math Softw 4:15--23 https://doi.org/10.1145/355769.355771

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dnrm2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 51fe14f6-1abc-4242-bb55-447bbea97e5c using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - drot (3m_blas)

NAME

drot(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] DROT applies a plane rotation.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine drot(n,dx,incx,dy,incy,c,s) applies a plane rotation.

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: c,s
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(inout) :: dx(*),dy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DROT applies a plane rotation.

OPTIONS

    N

number of elements in input vector(s)

    DX

array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

storage spacing between elements of DX

    DY

DY is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

storage spacing between elements of DY

    C

    S

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

\ingroup double_blas_level1

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 drot (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 090a4b27-f46f-4ce7-8538-e50ad29e4c8c using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - drotg (3m_blas)

NAME

drotg(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] constructs a plane rotation

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine DROTG( a, b, c, s )

    .. Scalar Arguments ..
    real(wp),intent(inout) :: a, b
    real(wp),intent(out)   :: c, s

DEFINITION

DROTG constructs a plane rotation

     [  c  s ] [ a ] = [ r ]
     [ -s  c ] [ b ]   [ 0 ]

satisfying c**2 + s**2 = 1.

The computation uses the formulas

    sigma = sgn(a)    if |a| >  |b|
          = sgn(b)    if |b| >= |a|
    r = sigma*sqrt( a**2 + b**2 )
    c = 1; s = 0      if r = 0
    c = a/r; s = b/r  if r != 0

The subroutine also computes

    z = s    if |a| > |b|,
      = 1/c  if |b| >= |a| and c != 0
      = 1    if c = 0

This allows c and s to be reconstructed from z as follows:

    If z = 1, set c = 0, s = 1.
    If |z| < 1, set c = sqrt(1 - z**2) and s = z.
    If |z| > 1, set c = 1/z and s = sqrt( 1 - c**2).

OPTIONS

    A

On entry, the scalar a. On exit, the scalar r.

    B

On entry, the scalar b. On exit, the scalar z.

    C

The scalar c.

    S

The scalar s.

AUTHORS

o Edward Anderson, Lockheed Martin

 \par Contributors:

Weslley Pereira, University of Colorado Denver, USA

\ingroup single_blas_level1

    FURTHER DETAILS

Anderson E. (2017) Algorithm 978: Safe Scaling in the Level 1 BLAS ACM Trans Math Softw 44:1--28 https://doi.org/10.1145/3061665

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 drotg (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f9879e5f-15b3-4bf4-b3bc-7cc6d49b54a0 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - drotm (3m_blas)

NAME

drotm(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] Apply the Modified Givens Transformation, H, to the 2 by N matrix

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine drotm(n,dx,incx,dy,incy,dparam)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: dparam(5)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: dx(*),dy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

Apply the Modified Givens Transformation, H, to the 2 by N matrix

(DX**T) , where **T indicates transpose. the elements of DX are in (DY**T)

DX(LX+I*INCX), I = 0 to N-1, where LX = 1 if INCX .ge. 0, else LX = (-INCX)*N, and similarly for SY using LY and INCY. with DPARAM(1)=DFLAG, H has one of the following forms..

       DFLAG=-1.D0     DFLAG=0.D0        DFLAG=1.D0     DFLAG=-2.D0

(DH11 DH12) (1.D0 DH12) (DH11 1.D0) (1.D0 0.D0) H=( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (DH21 DH22), (DH21 1.D0), (-1.D0 DH22), (0.D0 1.D0).

SEE DROTMG FOR A DESCRIPTION OF DATA STORAGE IN DPARAM.

OPTIONS

    N

number of elements in input vector(s)

    DX

DX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

storage spacing between elements of DX

    DY

DY is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

storage spacing between elements of DY

    DPARAM

array, dimension (5)

           DPARAM(1)=DFLAG
           DPARAM(2)=DH11
           DPARAM(3)=DH21
           DPARAM(4)=DH12
           DPARAM(5)=DH22

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

\ingroup double_blas_level1

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 drotm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from a270aa1d-8dc0-4e4f-b6ab-55e7dd554051 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - drotmg (3m_blas)

NAME

drotmg(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine drotmg(dd1,dd2,dx1,dy1,dparam)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(inout) :: dd1,dd2,dx1
      double precision,intent(in)    :: dy1
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(out)   :: dparam(5)
      ..

DEFINITION

    CONSTRUCT THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION MATRIX H WHICH ZEROS

THE SECOND COMPONENT OF THE 2-VECTOR (DSQRT(DD1)*DX1,DSQRT(DD2)*> DY2)**T. WITH DPARAM(1)=DFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..

       DFLAG=-1.D0     DFLAG=0.D0        DFLAG=1.D0     DFLAG=-2.D0

(DH11 DH12) (1.D0 DH12) (DH11 1.D0) (1.D0 0.D0) H=( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (DH21 DH22), (DH21 1.D0), (-1.D0 DH22), (0.D0 1.D0).

LOCATIONS 2-4 OF DPARAM CONTAIN DH11, DH21, DH12, AND DH22 RESPECTIVELY. (VALUES OF 1.D0, -1.D0, OR 0.D0 IMPLIED BY THE VALUE OF DPARAM(1) ARE NOT STORED IN DPARAM.)

    THE VALUES OF GAMSQ AND RGAMSQ SET IN THE DATA STATEMENT MAY BE

INEXACT. THIS IS OK AS THEY ARE ONLY USED FOR TESTING THE SIZE OF DD1 AND DD2. ALL ACTUAL SCALING OF DATA IS DONE USING GAM.

OPTIONS

DD1

          DD1 is DOUBLE PRECISION

DD2

          DD2 is DOUBLE PRECISION

DX1

          DX1 is DOUBLE PRECISION

DY1

          DY1 is DOUBLE PRECISION

    DPARAM

DPARAM is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (5) DPARAM(1)=DFLAG DPARAM(2)=DH11 DPARAM(3)=DH21 DPARAM(4)=DH12 DPARAM(5)=DH22

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 drotmg (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 1e6bb529-0039-4d0b-9c5e-37281aa6401a using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dsbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

dsbmv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dsbmv(uplo,n,k,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)           :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSBMV performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric band matrix, with k super-diagonals.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  being supplied.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is being supplied.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer the upper triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer the lower triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    Y

Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dsbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from d1794f6b-cdfd-4a49-870a-973d3ff9c934 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dscal (3m_blas)

NAME

dscal(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] scales a vector by a constant.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dscal(n,da,dx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: da
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(inout) :: dx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSCAL scales a vector by a constant. uses unrolled loops for increment equal to 1.

OPTIONS

    N

number of elements in input vector(s)

    DA

On entry, DA specifies the scalar alpha.

    DX

array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

storage spacing between elements of DX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dscal (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 1c590298-699a-4527-bfc5-a91f753c2beb using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dsdot (3m_blas)

NAME

dsdot(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Return
Authors
     Further Details
     References
See Also

SYNOPSIS

double precision function dsdot(n,sx,incx,sy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in) :: sx(*),sy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

Compute the inner product of two vectors with extended precision accumulation and result.

Returns D.P. dot product accumulated in D.P., for S.P. SX and SY DSDOT = sum for I = 0 to N-1 of SX(LX+I*INCX) * SY(LY+I*INCY), where LX = 1 if INCX .GE. 0, else LX = 1+(1-N)*INCX, and LY is defined in a similar way using INCY.

OPTIONS

N number of elements in input vector(s)
SX array, dimension(N) single precision vector with N elements
INCX storage spacing between elements of SX
SY array, dimension(N) single precision vector with N elements
INCY storage spacing between elements of SY

RETURN

DSDOT dot product (zero if N.LE.0)

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Lawson, C. L., (JPL), Hanson, R. J., (SNLA), Kincaid, D. R., (U. of Texas), Krogh, F. T., (JPL)

    REFERENCES

C. L. Lawson, R. J. Hanson, D. R. Kincaid and F. T. Krogh, Basic linear algebra subprograms for Fortran usage, Algorithm No. 539, Transactions on Mathematical Software 5, 3 (September 1979), pp. 308-323.

    REVISION HISTORY

1979-10-01
  DATE WRITTEN
1989-08-31
  Modified array declarations. (WRB)
1989-08-31
  REVISION DATE from Version 3.2
1989-12-14
  Prologue converted to Version 4.0 format. (BAB)
1992-03-10
  Corrected definition of LX in DESCRIPTION. (WRB)
1992-05-01
  Reformatted the REFERENCES section. (WRB)
1907-01-18
  Reformat to LAPACK style (JL)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dsdot (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from ee7860a2-a07e-44c3-996d-40c44c7ac353 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dspmv (3m_blas)

NAME

dspmv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dspmv(uplo,n,alpha,ap,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,n
      character,intent(in)           :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: ap(*),x(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSPMV performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    AP

AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on.

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dspmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from eeca097f-b35d-4e1c-89ca-b850d9c8c5d0 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dspr (3m_blas)

NAME

dspr(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Description
Options
     Ap
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dspr(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,ap)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)           :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(inout) :: ap(*)
      double precision,intent(in)    :: x(*)
      ..

DESCRIPTION

DSPR performs the symmetric rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*x**T + A,

where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    AP

AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ).

Before entry with
  UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dspr (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from dbcba9d9-1cb1-419c-a08c-940db49c7cc2 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dspr2 (3m_blas)

NAME

dspr2(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Ap
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dspr2(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,ap)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,n
      character,intent(in)            :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(inout) :: ap(*)
      double precision,intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSPR2 performs the symmetric rank 2 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**T + alpha*y*x**T + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    AP

AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dspr2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 4f713ebc-8e85-4209-a429-415fdec97e15 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dswap (3m_blas)

NAME

dswap(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] interchanges two vectors.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Dx
     Dy
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dswap(n,dx,incx,dy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(inout) :: dx(*),dy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSWAP interchanges two vectors. uses unrolled loops for increments equal to 1.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    DX

DX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DX

    DY

DY is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dswap (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 7288f8f4-273b-4589-a288-d07d95c588b8 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dsymm (3m_blas)

NAME

dsymm(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dsymm(side,uplo,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)             :: lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in)           :: side,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSYMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, A is a symmetric matrix and B and C are m by n matrices.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether the symmetric matrix A appears on the left or right in the operation as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of the
                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix is to be referenced.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n otherwise.

Before entry with SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’, the m by m part of the array A must contain the symmetric matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading m by m upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading m by m lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’, the n by n part of the array A must contain the symmetric matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dsymm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 70a2b739-7611-41ce-9540-490a2038565e using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dsymv (3m_blas)

NAME

dsymv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dsymv(uplo,n,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,lda,n
      character,intent(in)           :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSYMV performs the matrix-vector
  operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dsymv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 5ec61284-58ff-4130-a0b8-a1865c049851 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dsyr (3m_blas)

NAME

dsyr(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dsyr(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)       :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)                :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)              :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(inout)    :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(in)       :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSYR performs the symmetric rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*x**T + A,

where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an n by n symmetric matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

\ingroup double_blas_level2

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dsyr (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 9b8c9343-72d2-4ef2-8268-1caaacd23726 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dsyr2 (3m_blas)

NAME

dsyr2(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dsyr2(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,incy,lda,n
      character,intent(in)           :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSYR2 performs the symmetric rank 2 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**T + alpha*y*x**T + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dsyr2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from ba361665-9b46-4e90-bbda-aa4765383a65 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dsyr2k (3m_blas)

NAME

dsyr2k(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dsyr2k(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)             :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)           :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSYR2K performs one of the symmetric rank 2k operations

    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, C is an n by n symmetric matrix and A and B are n by k matrices in the first case and k by n matrices in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T +
                                        beta*C.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C.

    N

On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrices A and B, and on entry with TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ or ’C’ or ’c’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrices A and B. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared

in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dsyr2k (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 30d95741-5757-4c2f-9e2b-d4e00657e6fa using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dsyrk (3m_blas)

NAME

dsyrk(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dsyrk(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)             :: k,lda,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)           :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DSYRK performs one of the symmetric rank k operations

    C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, C is an n by n symmetric matrix and A is an n by k matrix in the first case and a k by n matrix in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix A, and on entry with TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ or ’C’ or ’c’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

\ingroup double_blas_level3

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dsyrk (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from ab8b0aa1-6c09-4952-848b-6ad51c706ca7 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dtbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

dtbmv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dtbmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,k,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)           :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DTBMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**T*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. On entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, K specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer an upper triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a lower triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’ the elements of the array A corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

\ingroup double_blas_level2

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dtbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 40ec57ca-b789-41df-bb4d-e3bf7503f45a using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dtbsv (3m_blas)

NAME

dtbsv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dtbsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,k,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)           :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DTBSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**T*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. On entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, K specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer an upper triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a lower triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’ the elements of the array A corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

\ingroup double_blas_level2

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dtbsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 8d9dd7f7-ac88-4424-94ed-33afaf5c3eb3 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dtpmv (3m_blas)

NAME

dtpmv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dtpmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,ap,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)           :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: ap(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DTPMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**T*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    AP

AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

\ingroup double_blas_level2

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dtpmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 9c18e1fe-288b-47a2-bcad-10f8bfa4a2be using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dtpsv (3m_blas)

NAME

dtpsv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dtpsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,ap,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)           :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: ap(*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DTPSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**T*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    AP

AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dtpsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 0b1e42e2-fcf1-46b5-80f1-f7bff4ace9d9 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dtrmm (3m_blas)

NAME

dtrmm(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dtrmm(side,uplo,transa,diag,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)             :: lda,ldb,m,n
      character,intent(in)           :: diag,side,transa,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: b(ldb,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DTRMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    B := alpha*op( A )*B,   or   B := alpha*B*op( A ),

where alpha is a scalar, B is an m by n matrix, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of

    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) multiplies B from the left or right as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   B := alpha*op( A )*B.

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ B := alpha*B*op( A ).

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’   op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’ op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’ op( A ) = A**T.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha. When alpha is zero then A is not referenced and B need not be set before entry.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, k ), where k is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’. Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading k by k upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading k by k lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B, and on exit is overwritten by the transformed matrix.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dtrmm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 74f1ea3b-0ded-40ec-896b-915e669c73ba using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dtrmv (3m_blas)

NAME

dtrmv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dtrmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)           :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DTRMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**T*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dtrmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from daf34d8e-560e-45d8-96cc-6e20d7cb5f61 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dtrsm (3m_blas)

NAME

dtrsm(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dtrsm(side,uplo,transa,diag,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)             :: lda,ldb,m,n
      character,intent(in)           :: diag,side,transa,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: b(ldb,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DTRSM solves one of the matrix equations

    op( A )*X = alpha*B,   or   X*op( A ) = alpha*B,

where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of

    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T.

The matrix X is overwritten on B.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left or right of X as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   op( A )*X = alpha*B.

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ X*op( A ) = alpha*B.

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’   op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’ op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’ op( A ) = A**T.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha. When alpha is zero then A is not referenced and B need not be set before entry.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, k ),

           where k is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’
             and k is n when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’.

Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading k by k upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced.

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading k by k lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced.

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the right-hand side matrix B, and on exit is overwritten by the solution matrix X.

    LDB

On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dtrsm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 9a7ddf61-0ece-4a4f-a509-6b7286d7f688 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dtrsv (3m_blas)

NAME

dtrsv(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine dtrsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)             :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)           :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      double precision,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DTRSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**T*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    A

A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dtrsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from e93f5c85-ae83-4c4b-a1ee-4f633df0393d using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dzasum (3m_blas)

NAME

dzasum(3f) - [BLAS:DOUBLE_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Zx
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

double precision function dzasum(n,zx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: zx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

DZASUM takes the sum of the (|Re(.)| + |Im(.)|)’s of a complex vector and returns a double precision result.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    ZX

ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dzasum (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 94b9ad17-2705-4e11-a821-9781ef129a80 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - dznrm2 (3m_blas)

NAME

dznrm2(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

double precision function dznrm2(n,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx, n
      ..

DEFINITION

DZNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function name, so that

    DZNRM2 := sqrt( x**H*x )

OPTIONS

    N

number of elements in input vector(s)

    X

array, dimension (N) complex vector with N elements

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER, storage spacing between elements of X

            If INCX > 0, X(1+(i-1)*INCX) = x(i) for 1 <= i <= n
            If INCX < 0, X(1-(n-i)*INCX) = x(i) for 1 <= i <= n
            If INCX = 0, x isn’t a vector so there is no need to call

this subroutine. If you call it anyway, it will count x(1) in the vector norm N times.

AUTHORS

o Edward Anderson, Lockheed Martin

 date:August 2016

\par Contributors:

Weslley Pereira, University of Colorado Denver, USA

    FURTHER DETAILS

Anderson E. (2017) Algorithm 978: Safe Scaling in the Level 1 BLAS ACM Trans Math Softw 44:1--28 https://doi.org/10.1145/3061665

Blue, James L. (1978) A Portable Fortran Program to Find the Euclidean Norm of a Vector ACM Trans Math Softw 4:15--23 https://doi.org/10.1145/355769.355771

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 dznrm2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 5c84e7e6-6b3f-4e0d-bbe9-9fd8c3c25934 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - icamax (3m_blas)

NAME

icamax(3f) -- [BLAS:AUX_BLAS] Return index of maximum "absolute value" in CX.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

integer function icamax(n,cx,incx)

      .. scalar arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,n
      ..
      .. array arguments ..
      complex,intent(in) :: cx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ICAMAX finds the index of the first element having maximum |Re(.)| + |Im(.)|

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    CX

CX is COMPLEX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of CX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 icamax (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 59479cde-0ac1-4ccd-9b99-f48f046bafee using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - idamax (3m_blas)

NAME

idamax(3f) - [BLAS:AUX_BLAS]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

integer function idamax(n,dx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)          :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in) :: dx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

IDAMAX finds the index of the first element having maximum absolute value.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    DX

DX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of DX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 idamax (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 383d4de0-31ce-42f1-bf57-c263e78d3fb3 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - isamax (3m_blas)

NAME

isamax(3f) - [BLAS:AUX_BLAS] Return index of maximum absolute value in SX.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

integer function isamax(n,sx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in) :: sx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ISAMAX finds the index of the first element having maximum absolute value.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 isamax (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 6dda3f1a-a7a4-4e1d-af4e-4a514d0f763d using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - izamax (3m_blas)

NAME

izamax(3f) - [BLAS:AUX_BLAS]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Returns
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

integer function izamax(n,zx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)              :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in) :: zx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

IZAMAX finds the index of the first element having maximum |Re(.)|
o |Im(.)|

OPTIONS

N number of elements in input vector(s)
ZX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )
INCX
  storage spacing between elements of ZX

RETURNS

IZAMAX
  index of the first element having maximum

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, 1/15/85. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 izamax (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 4713cb91-df79-4f38-889a-a863dc994309 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - lsame (3m_blas)

NAME

lsame(3f) - [BLAS:AUX_BLAS] compare two letters ignoring case

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

logical function lsame(ca,cb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      character(len=1),intent(in) :: ca,cb
      ..

DEFINITION

LSAME returns .TRUE. if CA is the same letter as CB regardless of case.

OPTIONS

    CA

CA is CHARACTER*1

    CB

CB is CHARACTER*1 CA and CB specify the single characters to be compared.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 lsame (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from a2a99ffc-7333-4089-a237-112a1254ee4d using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sasum (3m_blas)

NAME

sasum(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] SASUM:=sum of absolute values of SX.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

real function sasum(n,sx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in) :: sx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SASUM takes the sum of the absolute values. uses unrolled loops for increment equal to one.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sasum (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 2c77de73-9748-4d83-87d4-9c8367fd853c using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - saxpy (3m_blas)

NAME

saxpy(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] SY:=SY+SA*SX (constant times a vector plus a vector)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine saxpy(n,sa,sx,incx,sy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)     :: sa
      integer,intent(in)  :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)     :: sx(*)
      real,intent(inout)  :: sy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector. uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.

OPTIONS

    N

number of elements in input vector(s)

    SA

On entry, SA specifies the scalar alpha.

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

storage spacing between elements of SX

    SY

SY is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

storage spacing between elements of SY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 saxpy (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 2ce5b1a8-fec2-41d2-9702-8bb5ecf6de6d using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - scabs1 (3m_blas)

NAME

scabs1(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

elemental real function scabs1(z)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex,intent(in) ::  z
      ..

DEFINITION

SCABS1 computes |Re(.)| + |Im(.)| of a complex number

OPTIONS

    Z

Z is COMPLEX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 scabs1 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 61944cdf-ce12-4771-a02d-099cac09c8fa using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - scasum (3m_blas)

NAME

scasum(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] SCASUM:=SUM(I=1 to N) ABS(REAL(CX(I)))+ABS(AIMAG(CX(I))).

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Cx
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

real function scasum(n,cx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)    :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex,intent(inout) :: cx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SCASUM takes the sum of the (|Re(.)| + |Im(.)|)’s of a complex vector and returns a single precision result.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    CX

CX is COMPLEX array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 scasum (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 8ecad9f6-f24f-4902-b4dd-d5c28eaf6aeb using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - scnrm2 (3m_blas)

NAME

scnrm2(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] SCNRM2:= square root of sum of magnitudes of entries of CX.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

real function scnrm2(n,x,incx)

     ..
     .. Scalar Arguments ..
     integer,intent(in) :: incx, n
     ..
     .. Array Arguments ..
     complex(wp),intent(in) :: x(*)
     ..

DEFINITION

SCNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function name, so that

    SCNRM2 := sqrt( x**H*x )

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    X

X is COMPLEX array, dimension (N) complex vector with N elements

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER, storage spacing between elements of X If INCX > 0, X(1+(i-1)*INCX) = x(i) for 1 <= i <= n If INCX < 0, X(1-(n-i)*INCX) = x(i) for 1 <= i <= n If INCX = 0, x isn’t a vector so there is no need to call this subroutine. If you call it anyway, it will count x(1) in the vector norm N times.

AUTHORS

o Edward Anderson, Lockheed Martin

 date:August 2016

\par Contributors:

Weslley Pereira, University of Colorado Denver, USA

    FURTHER DETAILS

Anderson E. (2017) Algorithm 978: Safe Scaling in the Level 1 BLAS ACM Trans Math Softw 44:1--28 https://doi.org/10.1145/3061665

Blue, James L. (1978) A Portable Fortran Program to Find the Euclidean Norm of a Vector ACM Trans Math Softw 4:15--23 https://doi.org/10.1145/355769.355771

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 scnrm2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 227d94b5-07d7-4e79-843f-1eb9c218014c using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - scopy (3m_blas)

NAME

scopy(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] SY:=SX

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine scopy(n,sx,incx,sy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)  :: sx(*)
      real,intent(out) :: sy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SCOPY copies a vector, x, to a vector, y. uses unrolled loops for increments equal to 1.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

    SY

SY is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 scopy (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 5451c4a8-8c23-4654-825c-68d760422cea using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sdot (3m_blas)

NAME

sdot(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] SDOT := SUM SX * SY (vector dot product)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

real function sdot(n,sx,incx,sy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in) :: sx(*),sy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SDOT forms the dot product of two vectors. uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

    SY

SY is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sdot (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from c0ca2da6-96ec-41d3-aaf1-332eff777d38 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sdsdot (3m_blas)

NAME

sdsdot(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] Compute the inner product of two vectors with extended precision accumulation. SDSDOT := SUM SX * SY (accumulated double precision, returned single)

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

real function sdsdot(n,sb,sx,incx,sy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in) :: sb
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in) :: sx(*),sy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

Compute the inner product of two vectors with extended precision accumulation.

Returns S.P. result with dot product accumulated in D.P. SDSDOT = SB + sum for I = 0 to N-1 of SX(LX+I*INCX)*SY(LY+I*INCY), where LX = 1 if INCX .GE. 0, else LX = 1+(1-N)*INCX, and LY is defined in a similar way using INCY.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SB

SB is REAL single precision scalar to be added to inner product

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) single precision vector with N elements

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

    SY

SY is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) single precision vector with N elements

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SY

AUTHORS

o Lawson, C. L., (JPL), Hanson, R. J., (SNLA),
o Kincaid, D. R., (U. of Texas), Krogh, F. T., (JPL)
o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

    REFERENCES

C. L. Lawson, R. J. Hanson, D. R. Kincaid and F. T. Krogh, Basic linear algebra subprograms for Fortran usage, Algorithm No. 539, Transactions on Mathematical Software 5, 3 (September 1979), pp. 308-323.

REVISION HISTORY (YYMMDD)
791001 DATE WRITTEN
890531 Changed all specific intrinsics to generic. (WRB)
890831 Modified array declarations. (WRB)
890831 REVISION DATE from Version 3.2
891214 Prologue converted to Version 4.0 format. (BAB)
920310 Corrected definition of LX in DESCRIPTION. (WRB)
920501 Reformatted the REFERENCES section. (WRB)
070118 Reformat to LAPACK coding style

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sdsdot (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 4fe42418-e3cc-4157-bd4c-3c999415a5f4 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sgbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

sgbmv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SY:=alpha*A*SX+beta*SY, A a band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sgbmv(trans,m,n,kl,ku,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)             :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)          :: incx,incy,kl,ku,lda,m,n
      character(len=1),intent(in) :: trans
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      real,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SGBMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.

OPTIONS

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    KL

KL is INTEGER On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. KL must satisfy 0 .le. KL.

    KU

KU is INTEGER On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. KU must satisfy 0 .le. KU.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on. Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle) are not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    K = KU + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( kl + ku + 1 ).

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sgbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 82878ddc-1b33-4dab-8d94-0bb57bc385f5 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sgemm (3m_blas)

NAME

sgemm(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*B+beta*C, A, B, C rectangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sgemm(transa,transb,m,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)   :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in) :: transa,transb
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      real,intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SGEMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,

where op( X ) is one of

    op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X**T,

alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A ) an m by k matrix, op( B ) a k by n matrix and C an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’,  op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’, op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’, op( A ) = A**T.

    TRANSB

TRANSB is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’,  op( B ) = B.

TRANSB = ’T’ or ’t’, op( B ) = B**T.

TRANSB = ’C’ or ’c’, op( B ) = B**T.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix op( A ) and of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’, and is m otherwise.

Before entry with TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading m by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by m part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is REAL array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is n when TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’, and is k otherwise.

Before entry with TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, k ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, n ).

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is REAL array, dimension ( LDC, N )

           Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must
           contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which
           case C need not be set on entry.

On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n matrix ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sgemm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 04c66503-087f-4b6e-8e85-e84f18ae1b18 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sgemv (3m_blas)

NAME

sgemv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SY:=alpha*A*SX+beta*SY, A a rectangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sgemv(trans,m,n,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      character,intent(in) :: trans
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      real,intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SGEMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise. Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sgemv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from c417bef0-68eb-4cf7-8ae3-0cf44482e0a2 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sger (3m_blas)

NAME

sger(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] A:=A+alpha*SX*TRANSPOSE(SY), rank 1 update, A a rectangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sger(m,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      real,intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SGER performs the rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**T + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element vector and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is overwritten by the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sger (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from fa13f392-7e88-4484-8874-69270d38fdef using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - snrm2 (3m_blas)

NAME

snrm2(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] SNRM2 := square root of sum of SX(I)**2

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

real function snrm2(n,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx, n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real(wp),intent(in) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector via the function name, so that

    SNRM2 := sqrt( x’*x ).

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    X

X is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER, storage spacing between elements of X If INCX > 0, X(1+(i-1)*INCX) = x(i) for 1 <= i <= n If INCX < 0, X(1-(n-i)*INCX) = x(i) for 1 <= i <= n If INCX = 0, x isn’t a vector so there is no need to call this subroutine. If you call it anyway, it will count x(1) in the vector norm N times.

AUTHORS

o Edward Anderson, Lockheed Martin

 date:August 2016

\par Contributors:

Weslley Pereira, University of Colorado Denver, USA

    FURTHER DETAILS

Anderson E. (2017) Algorithm 978: Safe Scaling in the Level 1 BLAS ACM Trans Math Softw 44:1--28 https://doi.org/10.1145/3061665

Blue, James L. (1978) A Portable Fortran Program to Find the Euclidean Norm of a Vector ACM Trans Math Softw 4:15--23 https://doi.org/10.1145/355769.355771

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 snrm2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f357d8ab-0523-42a9-881d-eb90de8432a6 using man macros.


 INDEX

We're having a really bad day.

The Unicorns have taken over. We're doing our best to get them under control and get GitHub back up and running.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - srotg (3m_blas)

NAME

srotg(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] Generate Given’s rotation.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine srotg( a, b, c, s )

   .. Scalar Arguments ..
   real(wp),intent(inout) :: a, b
   real(wp),intent(out)   :: c, s
   ..
   .. Local Scalars ..
   real(wp) :: anorm, bnorm, scl, sigma, r, z
   ..

DEFINITION

SROTG constructs a plane rotation

     [  c  s ] [ a ] = [ r ]
     [ -s  c ] [ b ]   [ 0 ]

satisfying c**2 + s**2 = 1.

The computation uses the formulas

    sigma = sgn(a)    if |a| >  |b|
          = sgn(b)    if |b| >= |a|
    r = sigma*sqrt( a**2 + b**2 )
    c = 1; s = 0      if r = 0
    c = a/r; s = b/r  if r != 0

The subroutine also computes

    z = s    if |a| > |b|,
      = 1/c  if |b| >= |a| and c != 0
      = 1    if c = 0

This allows c and s to be reconstructed from z as follows:

    If z = 1, set c = 0, s = 1.
    If |z| < 1, set c = sqrt(1 - z**2) and s = z.
    If |z| > 1, set c = 1/z and s = sqrt( 1 - c**2).

OPTIONS

    A

A is REAL On entry, the scalar a. On exit, the scalar r.

    B

B is REAL On entry, the scalar b. On exit, the scalar z.

    C

C is REAL The scalar c.

    S

S is REAL The scalar s.

AUTHORS

o Edward Anderson, Lockheed Martin

 \par Contributors:

Weslley Pereira, University of Colorado Denver, USA

    FURTHER DETAILS

Anderson E. (2017) Algorithm 978: Safe Scaling in the Level 1 BLAS ACM Trans Math Softw 44:1--28 https://doi.org/10.1145/3061665

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 srotg (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from da2ee5aa-d335-42ec-aea7-a464f8ccedf1 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - srotm (3m_blas)

NAME

srotm(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] Apply a modified Given’s rotation.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Sx
     Sy
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine srotm(n,sx,incx,sy,incy,sparam)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: sparam(5)
      real,intent(inout) :: sx(*),sy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

APPLY THE MODIFIED GIVENS TRANSFORMATION, H, TO THE 2 BY N MATRIX

(SX**T) , WHERE **T INDICATES TRANSPOSE. THE ELEMENTS OF SX ARE IN (SX**T)

SX(LX+I*INCX), I = 0 TO N-1, WHERE LX = 1 IF INCX .GE. 0, ELSE LX = (-INCX)*N, AND SIMILARLY FOR SY USING USING LY AND INCY. WITH SPARAM(1)=SFLAG, H HAS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS..

       SFLAG=-1.E0     SFLAG=0.E0        SFLAG=1.E0     SFLAG=-2.E0

(SH11 SH12) (1.E0 SH12) (SH11 1.E0) (1.E0 0.E0) H=( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (SH21 SH22), (SH21 1.E0), (-1.E0 SH22), (0.E0 1.E0).

SEE SROTMG FOR A DESCRIPTION OF DATA STORAGE IN SPARAM.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

    SY

SY is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SY

    SPARAM

SPARAM is REAL array, dimension (5) SPARAM(1)=SFLAG SPARAM(2)=SH11 SPARAM(3)=SH21 SPARAM(4)=SH12 SPARAM(5)=SH22

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 srotm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f0ba17d5-121b-4b33-8368-00d84f8e9529 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - srotmg (3m_blas)

NAME

srotmg(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] Generate a modified Given’s rotation.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine srotmg(sd1,sd2,sx1,sy1,sparam)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(inout) :: sd1,sd2,sx1
      real,intent(in)    :: sy1
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(out)   :: sparam(5)
      ..

DEFINITION

Construct the modified Givens Transformation Matrix H which zeros the second component of the 2-vector

     (sqrt(sd1)*sx1,sqrt(sd2)*>sy2)**t.

with sparam(1)=sflag, H has one of the following forms..

       SFLAG=-1.E0     SFLAG=0.E0        SFLAG=1.E0     SFLAG=-2.E0

(SH11 SH12) (1.E0 SH12) (SH11 1.E0) (1.E0 0.E0) H=( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (SH21 SH22), (SH21 1.E0), (-1.E0 SH22), (0.E0 1.E0).

locations 2-4 of SPARAM contain SH11,SH21,SH12, and SH22 respectively. (values of 1.e0, -1.e0, or 0.e0 implied by the value of SPARAM(1) are not stored in SPARAM.)

the values of GAMSQ and RGAMSQ set in the data statement may be inexact. This is OK as they are only used for testing the size of SD1 and SD2. All actual scaling of data is done using GAM.

OPTIONS

SD1

          SD1 is REAL

SD2

          SD2 is REAL

SX1

          SX1 is REAL

SY1

          SY1 is REAL

    SPARAM

SPARAM is REAL array, dimension (5) SPARAM(1)=SFLAG SPARAM(2)=SH11 SPARAM(3)=SH21 SPARAM(4)=SH12 SPARAM(5)=SH22

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 srotmg (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 15934099-56a7-45fd-91f8-67efb2f31d61 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ssbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

ssbmv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SY:=alpha*A*SX+beta*SY, A a symmetric band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ssbmv(uplo,n,k,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,incy,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in) :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSBMV performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric band matrix, with k super-diagonals.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  being supplied.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is being supplied.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer the upper triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

              >    DO 20, J = 1, N
              >       M = K + 1 - J
              >       DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
              >          A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
              > 10    CONTINUE
              > 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the symmetric matrix, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer the lower triangular part of a symmetric band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

              >    DO 20, J = 1, N
              >       M = 1 - J
              >       DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
              >          A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
              > 10    CONTINUE
              > 20 CONTINUE

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    Y

Y is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ssbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from ac26a99a-59da-4d8e-8bbd-36d415f6a6ca using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sscal (3m_blas)

NAME

sscal(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] SX:=SA*SX.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Sx
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sscal(n,sa,sx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: sa
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(inout) :: sx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSCAL scales a vector by a constant. uses unrolled loops for increment equal to 1.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SA

SA is REAL On entry, SA specifies the scalar alpha.

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sscal (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from ed012443-a3f0-47f2-a6e5-4094d6f4b9e2 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sspmv (3m_blas)

NAME

sspmv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SY:=alpha*A*SX+beta*SY, A a packed symmetric matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sspmv(uplo,n,alpha,ap,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,incy,n
      character,intent(in) :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: ap(*),x(*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSPMV performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    AP

AP is REAL array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on.

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sspmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 370c70b1-eb67-423c-ac94-e6cc3673f41c using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sspr (3m_blas)

NAME

sspr(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] A:=A+alpha*SX*TRANSPOSE(SX), A a packed symmetric matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Ap
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sspr(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,ap)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,n
      character,intent(in) :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: x(*)
      real,intent(inout) :: ap(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSPR performs the symmetric rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*x**T + A,

where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    AP

AP is REAL array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sspr (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 41ab0c29-34ec-438b-83ad-09dd9915eb2b using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sspr2 (3m_blas)

NAME

sspr2(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] A:=A+alpha*SX*TRANSPOSE(SY)+alpha*SY*TRANSPOSE(SX), A packed symmetric.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Ap
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sspr2(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,ap)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,incy,n
      character,intent(in) :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: x(*),y(*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: ap(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSPR2 performs the symmetric rank 2 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**T + alpha*y*x**T + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    AP

AP is REAL array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sspr2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 7acebd51-4adf-4554-b84b-1145c84af495 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - sswap (3m_blas)

NAME

sswap(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL1] Interchange vectors SX and SY.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Sx
     Sy
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine sswap(n,sx,incx,sy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(inout) :: sx(*),sy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSWAP interchanges two vectors. uses unrolled loops for increments equal to 1.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    SX

SX is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SX

    SY

SY is REAL array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of SY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 sswap (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from e876976a-68ae-427c-b401-3af8fe284f92 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ssymm (3m_blas)

NAME

ssymm(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*B+beta*C, A symmetric, B, C rectangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ssymm(side,uplo,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)   :: lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in) :: side,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSYMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, A is a symmetric matrix and B and C are m by n matrices.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether the symmetric matrix A appears on the left or right in the operation as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of the
                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix is to be referenced.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n otherwise. Before entry with SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’, the m by m part of the array A must contain the symmetric matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading m by m upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading m by m lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’, the n by n part of the array A must contain the symmetric matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is REAL array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is REAL array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ssymm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 3cd3077a-1ab4-4605-8928-5c6d002662ba using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ssymv (3m_blas)

NAME

ssymv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SY:=alpha*A*SX+beta*SY, A a symmetric matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ssymv(uplo,n,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,incy,lda,n
      character,intent(in) :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSYMV performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ssymv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 911f0b32-8452-46ff-b12c-dc6f6bacbdd9 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ssyr (3m_blas)

NAME

ssyr(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] A:=A+alpha*SX*TRANSPOSE(SX), A a symmetric matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ssyr(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in) :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: x(*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: a(lda,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSYR performs the symmetric rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*x**T + A,

where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an n by n symmetric matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ssyr (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 23d886bb-c61d-419a-b98a-0dc6b1b61be6 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ssyr2 (3m_blas)

NAME

ssyr2(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] A:=A+alpha*SX*TRANSPOSE(SY)+alpha*SY*TRANSPOSE(SX), A a symmetric

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ssyr2(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,incy,lda,n
      character,intent(in) :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: x(*),y(*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: a(lda,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSYR2 performs the symmetric rank 2 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**T + alpha*y*x**T + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n symmetric matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ssyr2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from fc985e05-ad8b-4814-acde-acd5ec4c12cf using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ssyr2k (3m_blas)

NAME

ssyr2k(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*TRANSPOSE(B)+alpha*B*TRANSPOSE(A)+beta*C, C symmetric.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ssyr2k(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)   :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,n
      character,intent(in) :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSYR2K performs one of the symmetric rank 2k operations

    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, C is an n by n symmetric matrix and A and B are n by k matrices in the first case and k by n matrices in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T +
                                        beta*C.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrices A and B, and on entry with TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ or ’C’ or ’c’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrices A and B. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is REAL array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is REAL array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ssyr2k (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from b07ebcb8-aafe-44a4-808c-2a8ad3c35b37 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ssyrk (3m_blas)

NAME

ssyrk(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL3] C:=alpha*A*TRANSPOSE(A)+beta*C, C symmetric.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ssyrk(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)   :: k,lda,ldc,n
      character,intent(in) :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

SSYRK performs one of the symmetric rank k operations

    C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, C is an n by n symmetric matrix and A is an n by k matrix in the first case and a k by n matrix in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number

of columns
  of the matrix A, and on entry with TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ or ’C’ or ’c’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is REAL On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is REAL array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ssyrk (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from dae35dba-3ebe-4a55-8a95-bd457d95bd6f using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - stbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

stbmv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SX:=A*SX, A a triangular band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine stbmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,k,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in) :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

STBMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**T*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. On entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, K specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer an upper triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a lower triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’ the elements of the array A corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 stbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 82be5b87-246c-43fa-bb30-5f6346f62319 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - stbsv (3m_blas)

NAME

stbsv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SX:=INVERSE(A)*SX, A a triangular band matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine stbsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,k,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in) :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

STBSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**T*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. On entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, K specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer an upper triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a lower triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’ the elements of the array A corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 stbsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from ae9cc1be-8a08-421e-95ba-47173d9d3a86 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - stpmv (3m_blas)

NAME

stpmv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SX:=A*SX, A a packed symmetric matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine stpmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,ap,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,n
      character,intent(in) :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: ap(*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

STPMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**T*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    AP

AP is REAL array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 stpmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f59e7a58-b100-4840-975b-45658448474b using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - stpsv (3m_blas)

NAME

stpsv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SX:=INVERSE(A)*SX, A a packed symmetric matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine stpsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,ap,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,n
      character,intent(in) :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: ap(*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

STPSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**T*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    AP

AP is REAL array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 stpsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from a61579db-b1f1-46da-9630-afeef5e90bae using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - strmm (3m_blas)

NAME

strmm(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL3] B:=A*B or B:=B*A, A triangular, B rectangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine strmm(side,uplo,transa,diag,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)   :: lda,ldb,m,n
      character,intent(in) :: diag,side,transa,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: b(ldb,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

STRMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    B := alpha*op( A )*B,   or   B := alpha*B*op( A ),

where alpha is a scalar, B is an m by n matrix, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of

    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) multiplies B from the left or right as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   B := alpha*op( A )*B.

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ B := alpha*B*op( A ).

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’   op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’ op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’ op( A ) = A**T.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha. When alpha is zero then A is not referenced and B need not be set before entry.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, k ), where k is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’. Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading k by k upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading k by k lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is REAL array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B, and on exit is overwritten by the transformed matrix.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 strmm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 37468666-65c8-4f94-9fa2-eab2b28a5556 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - strmv (3m_blas)

NAME

strmv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SX:=A*SX, A a triangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine strmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in) :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      real,intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

STRMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,

where x is an n element vector and
  A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**T*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 strmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 901ea311-cd90-4faa-86c0-b32e8177b24c using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - strsm (3m_blas)

NAME

strsm(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL3] B:=INVERSE(A)*C or B:=C*INVERSE(A), B, C rectangular, A triangular.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine strsm(side,uplo,transa,diag,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)   :: lda,ldb,m,n
      character,intent(in) :: diag,side,transa,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      real,intent(inout) :: b(ldb,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

STRSM solves one of the matrix equations

    op( A )*X = alpha*B,   or   X*op( A ) = alpha*B,

where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of

    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T.

The matrix X is overwritten on B.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left or right of X as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   op( A )*X = alpha*B.

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ X*op( A ) = alpha*B.

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’   op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’ op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’ op( A ) = A**T.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is REAL On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha. When alpha is zero then A is not referenced and B need not be set before entry.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, k ), where k is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and k is n when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’. Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading k by k upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading k by k lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is REAL array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the right-hand side matrix B, and on exit is overwritten by the solution matrix X.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 strsm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 455e8cf3-4100-49a5-a901-39b909ef9fc4 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - strsv (3m_blas)

NAME

strsv(3f) - [BLAS:SINGLE_BLAS_LEVEL2] SX:=INVERSE(A)*SX, A a triangular matrix.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine strsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)   :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in) :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      real,intent(in)      :: a(lda,*)
      real,intent(inout)   :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

STRSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**T*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    A

A is REAL array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is REAL array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 strsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 54ba0b97-fb14-49fa-8aff-4aa56fe894f5 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - xerbla (3m_blas)

NAME

xerbla(3f) - [BLAS:AUX_BLAS] error handler routine for the BLAS/LAPACK routines

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine xerbla( srname, info )

       .. Scalar Arguments ..
       character(len=*),intent(in) :: srname
       integer,intent(in)          :: info
       ..

DEFINITION

XERBLA is an error handler for the LAPACK routines. It is called by an LAPACK routine if an input parameter has an invalid value. A message is printed and execution stops.

Installers may consider modifying the STOP statement in order to call system-specific exception-handling facilities.

OPTIONS

    SRNAME

SRNAME is character(len=*),intent(in) The name of the routine which called XERBLA.

    INFO

INFO is integer,intent(in) The position of the invalid parameter in the parameter list of the calling routine.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 xerbla (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from e8936910-dfbd-40cf-9390-3f247027c95d using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - xerbla_array (3m_blas)

NAME

xerbla_array(3f) - [BLAS:AUX_BLAS] call XERBLA(3f) with an array of characters instead of a string

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine xerbla_array(srname_array, srname_len, info)

       .. Scalar Arguments ..
       integer srname_len, info
       ..
       .. Array Arguments ..
       character(*) srname_array(srname_len)
       ..

DEFINITION

XERBLA_ARRAY assists other languages in calling XERBLA, the LAPACK and BLAS error handler. Rather than taking a Fortran string argument as the function’s name, XERBLA_ARRAY takes an array of single characters along with the array’s length. XERBLA_ARRAY then copies up to 32 characters of that array into a Fortran string and passes that to XERBLA. If called with a non-positive SRNAME_LEN, XERBLA_ARRAY will call XERBLA with a string of all blank characters.

Say some macro or other device makes XERBLA_ARRAY available to C99 by a name lapack_xerbla and with a common Fortran calling convention. Then a C99 program could invoke XERBLA via: { int flen = strlen(__func__); lapack_xerbla(__func__, &flen, &info); }

Providing XERBLA_ARRAY is not necessary for intercepting LAPACK errors. XERBLA_ARRAY calls XERBLA.

OPTIONS

    SRNAME_ARRAY

SRNAME_ARRAY is CHARACTER(*) array, dimension (SRNAME_LEN) The name of the routine which called XERBLA_ARRAY.

    SRNAME_LEN

SRNAME_LEN is INTEGER The length of the name in SRNAME_ARRAY.

    INFO

INFO is INTEGER The position of the invalid parameter in the parameter list of the calling routine.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 xerbla_array (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f66cca8b-e583-41ac-8e3b-e49e2238e072 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zaxpy (3m_blas)

NAME

zaxpy(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1] ZY := ZY+ZA*ZX complex constant times a complex vector plus a complex vector.

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zaxpy(n,za,zx,incx,zy,incy)

      ! .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: za
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,n
      ! ..
      ! .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: zx(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: zy(*)
      ! ..

DEFINITION

ZAXPY constant times a vector plus a vector.

        ZY := ZY+ZA*ZX

OPTIONS

N number of elements in input vector(s)
ZA On entry, ZA specifies the scalar alpha.
ZX ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )
INCX storage spacing between elements of ZX
ZY ZY is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )
INCY storage spacing between elements of ZY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zaxpy (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from e9dccec6-e66a-421f-8337-9e638fbacc92 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zcopy (3m_blas)

NAME

zcopy(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zcopy(n,zx,incx,zy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)               :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)  :: ZX(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(out) :: ZY(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZCOPY copies a vector, x, to a vector, y.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    ZX

ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZX

    ZY

ZY is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, linpack, 4/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zcopy (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 4b1528c1-83d2-45fa-a2ae-d445ab199c4f using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zdotc (3m_blas)

NAME

zdotc(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

complex(kind=real64) function zdotc(n,zx,incx,zy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in) :: zx(*),zy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZDOTC forms the dot product of two complex vectors ZDOTC = X^H * Y

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    ZX

ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZX

    ZY

ZY is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zdotc (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 463df1ae-1b91-4604-9208-8a6fc24d32b8 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zdotu (3m_blas)

NAME

zdotu(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

complex(kind=real64) function zdotu(n,zx,incx,zy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in) :: zx(*),zy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZDOTU forms the dot product of two complex vectors ZDOTU = X^T * Y

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    ZX

ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZX

    ZY

ZY is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zdotu (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from d7c471af-dbd2-4295-894e-ebc90d3dacea using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zdrot (3m_blas)

NAME

zdrot(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Zx
     Zy
Authors
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zdrot( n, zx, incx, zy, incy, c, s )

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)          :: incx, incy, n
      double precision,intent(in) :: c, s
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: zx( * ), zy( * )
      ..

DEFINITION

Applies a plane rotation, where the cos and sin (c and s) are real and the vectors cx and cy are complex. jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the vectors cx and cy. N must be at least zero.

    ZX

ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array ZX must contain the n element vector cx. On exit, ZX is overwritten by the updated vector cx.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of ZX. INCX must not be zero.

    ZY

ZY is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array ZY must contain the n element vector cy. On exit, ZY is overwritten by the updated vector cy.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of ZY. INCY must not be zero.

    C

C is DOUBLE PRECISION On entry, C specifies the cosine, cos.

    S

S is DOUBLE PRECISION On entry, S specifies the sine, sin.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zdrot (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 9e48a573-febb-4a43-9577-bbfb0a5a988b using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zdscal (3m_blas)

NAME

zdscal(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Zx
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zdscal(n,da,zx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in) :: da
      integer,intent(in) :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: zx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZDSCAL scales a vector by a constant.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    DA

DA is DOUBLE PRECISION On entry, DA specifies the scalar alpha.

    ZX

ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zdscal (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 0675498a-c990-4397-a33a-ec253bc9cbd5 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zgbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

zgbmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zgbmv(trans,m,n,kl,ku,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,kl,ku,lda,m,n
      character,intent(in)               :: trans
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZGBMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,   or

y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an m by n band matrix, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals.

OPTIONS

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    KL

KL is INTEGER On entry, KL specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. KL must satisfy 0 .le. KL.

    KU

KU is INTEGER On entry, KU specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. KU must satisfy 0 .le. KU.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading ( kl + ku + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( ku + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row ku, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row ( ku + 2 ), and so on. Elements in the array A that do not correspond to elements in the band matrix (such as the top left ku by ku triangle) are not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    K = KU + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - KU ), MIN( M, J + KL )
                       A( K + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( kl + ku + 1 ).

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zgbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f3d991c2-7819-40f9-b562-6fe3e1ca67af using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zgemm (3m_blas)

NAME

zgemm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zgemm(transa,transb,m,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in)               :: transa,transb
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZGEMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C,

where op( X ) is one of

    op( X ) = X   or   op( X ) = X**T   or   op( X ) = X**H,

alpha and beta are scalars, and A, B and C are matrices, with op( A ) an m by k matrix, op( B ) a k by n matrix and C an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’,  op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’, op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’, op( A ) = A**H.

    TRANSB

TRANSB is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSB specifies the form of op( B ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’,  op( B ) = B.

TRANSB = ’T’ or ’t’, op( B ) = B**T.

TRANSB = ’C’ or ’c’, op( B ) = B**H.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix op( A ) and of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix op( B ) and the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix op( A ) and the number of rows of the matrix op( B ). K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’, and is m otherwise. Before entry with TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading m by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by m part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is n when TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’, and is k otherwise. Before entry with TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANSB = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, k ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, n ).

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n matrix ( alpha*op( A )*op( B ) + beta*C ).

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zgemm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from a4d686ba-6ce7-49fa-a8ce-08652e891a54 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zgemv (3m_blas)

NAME

zgemv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zgemv(trans,m,n,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      character,intent(in)               :: trans
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZGEMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,   or   y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y,   or

y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are vectors and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   y := alpha*A*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ y := alpha*A**T*x + beta*y.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ y := alpha*A**H*x + beta*y.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ) otherwise. Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ and at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ) otherwise. Before entry with BETA non-zero, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zgemv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 7d60c5bb-de9d-490d-bfb6-d967172cadc9 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zgerc (3m_blas)

NAME

zgerc(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zgerc(m,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZGERC performs the rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**H + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element vector and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is overwritten by the updated matrix.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zgerc (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 748e860a-46f6-479d-93a0-684da366c04b using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zgeru (3m_blas)

NAME

zgeru(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zgeru(m,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,lda,m,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZGERU performs the rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**T + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x is an m element vector, y is an n element vector and A is an m by n matrix.

OPTIONS

M On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. M must be at least zero.
N On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.
ALPHA On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
X array, dimension at least
        ( 1 + ( m - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ).

Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the m element vector x.

INCX On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.
Y array, dimension at least
        ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ).

Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.
INCY On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.
A array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array A must contain the matrix of coefficients. On exit, A is overwritten by the updated matrix.
LDA On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zgeru (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 7674a26b-bbe3-4a5e-939a-c13575a11ba5 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zhbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

zhbmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zhbmv(uplo,n,k,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)               :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHBMV performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian band matrix, with k super-diagonals.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the band matrix A is being supplied as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  being supplied.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is being supplied.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the hermitian matrix, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer the upper triangular part of a hermitian band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the hermitian matrix, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer the lower triangular part of a hermitian band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set and are assumed to be zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    Y

Y is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zhbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 28607170-7960-45ad-9b69-2ea1b56fa5a2 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zhemm (3m_blas)

NAME

zhemm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zhemm(side,uplo,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in)               :: side,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHEMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, A is an hermitian matrix and B and C are m by n matrices.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether the hermitian matrix A appears on the left or right in the operation as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of the
                                  hermitian matrix is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix is to be referenced.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n otherwise. Before entry with SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’, the m by m part of the array A must contain the hermitian matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading m by m upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading m by m lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’, the n by n part of the array A must contain the hermitian matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zhemm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from af091b25-46d8-4d04-b7fa-73bce7f222ee using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zhemv (3m_blas)

NAME

zhemv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zhemv(uplo,n,alpha,a,lda,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,lda,n
      character,intent(in)               :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),x(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHEMV performs the matrix-vector
  operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set and are assumed to be zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zhemv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from dd68a277-127a-4177-bc0b-cf6e9fe46668 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zher (3m_blas)

NAME

zher(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zher(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)        :: alpha
      integer ,intent(in)                :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)               :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: x(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHER performs the hermitian rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*x**H + A,

where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an n by n hermitian matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zher (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f002630a-21e9-4b78-9983-5006e67fb043 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zher2 (3m_blas)

NAME

zher2(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zher2(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,a,lda)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,lda,n
      character,intent(in)               :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: a(lda,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHER2 performs the hermitian rank 2 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**H + conjg( alpha )*y*x**H + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of A
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of A is to be referenced.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array A is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zher2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from e66d1e7b-d1e9-4b2d-804b-12f33bc371b3 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zher2k (3m_blas)

NAME

zher2k(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zher2k(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha
      double precision,intent(in)        :: beta
      integer ,intent(in)                ::k,lda,ldb,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)               :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHER2K performs one of the hermitian rank 2k operations

    C := alpha*A*B**H + conjg( alpha )*B*A**H + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**H*B + conjg( alpha )*B**H*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars with beta real, C is an n by n hermitian matrix and A and B are n by k matrices in the first case and k by n matrices in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’    C := alpha*A*B**H          +
                                         conjg( alpha )*B*A**H +
                                         beta*C.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ C := alpha*A**H*B + conjg( alpha )*B**H*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrices A and B, and on entry with TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrices A and B. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) . On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, k ). Unchanged on exit.

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION . On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

-- Modified 8-Nov-93 to set C(J,J) to DBLE( C(J,J) ) when BETA = 1. Ed Anderson, Cray Research Inc.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zher2k (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 7bc7cf7e-51c3-493f-bde6-4f25cf14eb4e using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zherk (3m_blas)

NAME

zherk(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zherk(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision,intent(in)        :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: k,lda,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)               :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHERK performs one of the hermitian rank k operations

    C := alpha*A*A**H + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**H*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are real scalars, C is an n by n hermitian matrix and A is an n by k matrix in the first case and a k by n matrix in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   C := alpha*A*A**H + beta*C.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ C := alpha*A**H*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix A, and on entry with TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION . On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

-- Modified 8-Nov-93 to set C(J,J) to DBLE( C(J,J) ) when BETA = 1. Ed Anderson, Cray Research Inc.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zherk (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 80bc91ed-7aac-4b41-81a9-204ef553132d using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zhpmv (3m_blas)

NAME

zhpmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Y
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zhpmv(uplo,n,alpha,ap,x,incx,beta,y,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,n
      character,intent(in)               :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: ap(*),x(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: y(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHPMV performs the matrix-vector operation

    y := alpha*A*x + beta*y,

where alpha and beta are scalars, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    AP

AP is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set and are assumed to be zero.

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then Y need not be set on input.

    Y

Y is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y. On exit, Y is overwritten by the updated vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zhpmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 2354b8aa-18da-46bb-ab51-395209bd87f8 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zhpr (3m_blas)

NAME

zhpr(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Ap
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zhpr(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,ap)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      double precision ,intent(in)       :: alpha
      integer ,intent(in)                :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)               :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: x(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: ap(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHPR performs the hermitian rank 1 operation

    A := alpha*x*x**H + A,

where alpha is a real scalar, x is an n element vector and A is an n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION. On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    AP

AP is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zhpr (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 755fa036-fa4d-44a4-81f7-c0ab2909fa3e using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zhpr2 (3m_blas)

NAME

zhpr2(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Ap
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zhpr2(uplo,n,alpha,x,incx,y,incy,ap)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,n
      character,intent(in)               :: uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: x(*),y(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: ap(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZHPR2 performs the hermitian rank 2 operation

    A := alpha*x*y**H + conjg( alpha )*y*x**H + A,

where alpha is a scalar, x and y are n element vectors and A is an n by n hermitian matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the matrix A is supplied in the packed array AP as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   The upper triangular part of A is
                                  supplied in AP.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ The lower triangular part of A is supplied in AP.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

    Y

Y is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCY ) ). Before entry, the incremented array Y must contain the n element vector y.

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER On entry, INCY specifies the increment for the elements of Y. INCY must not be zero.

    AP

AP is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular part of the hermitian matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. On exit, the array AP is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix. Note that the imaginary parts of the diagonal elements need not be set, they are assumed to be zero, and on exit they are set to zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zhpr2 (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from fd032c04-3439-47b4-8d14-c53628e38136 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zrotg (3m_blas)

NAME

zrotg(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1] constructs a plane rotation

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     A
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zrotg( a, b, c, s )

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      real(wp),intent(out)      :: c
      complex(wp),intent(in)    :: b
      complex(wp),intent(out)   :: s
      complex(wp),intent(inout) :: a
      ..

DEFINITION

ZROTG constructs a plane rotation

     [  c         s ] [ a ] = [ r ]
     [ -conjg(s)  c ] [ b ]   [ 0 ]

where c is real, s ic complex, and c**2 + conjg(s)*s = 1.

The computation uses the formulas

    |x| = sqrt( Re(x)**2 + Im(x)**2 )
    sgn(x) = x / |x|  if x /= 0
           = 1        if x  = 0
    c = |a| / sqrt(|a|**2 + |b|**2)
    s = sgn(a) * conjg(b) / sqrt(|a|**2 + |b|**2)

When a and b are real and r /= 0, the formulas simplify to

    r = sgn(a)*sqrt(|a|**2 + |b|**2)
    c = a / r
    s = b / r

the same as in ZROTG when |a| > |b|. When |b| >= |a|, the sign of c and s will be different from those computed by ZROTG if the signs of a and b are not the same.

OPTIONS

    A

A is DOUBLE COMPLEX On entry, the scalar a. On exit, the scalar r.

    B

B is DOUBLE COMPLEX The scalar b.

    C

C is DOUBLE PRECISION The scalar c.

    S

S is DOUBLE PRECISION The scalar s.

AUTHORS

o Edward Anderson, Lockheed Martin

 \par Contributors:

Weslley Pereira, University of Colorado Denver, USA

    FURTHER DETAILS

Anderson E. (2017) Algorithm 978: Safe Scaling in the Level 1 BLAS ACM Trans Math Softw 44:1--28 https://doi.org/10.1145/3061665

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zrotg (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 812134e2-72d9-4ca1-91c4-0b904e0fe295 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zscal (3m_blas)

NAME

zscal(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Zx
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zscal(n,za,zx,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: za
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: zx(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZSCAL scales a vector by a constant.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    ZA

ZA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ZA specifies the scalar alpha.

    ZX

ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZX

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, 3/11/78. modified 3/93 to return if incx .le. 0. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zscal (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 8717ac48-2cea-48ba-92cb-bc3a254b0ba1 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zswap (3m_blas)

NAME

zswap(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL1]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     Zx
     Zy
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zswap(n,zx,incx,zy,incy)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,incy,n
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: zx(*),zy(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZSWAP interchanges two vectors.

OPTIONS

    N

N is INTEGER number of elements in input vector(s)

    ZX

ZX is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCX ) )

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZX

    ZY

ZY is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( 1 + ( N - 1 )*abs( INCY ) )

    INCY

INCY is INTEGER storage spacing between elements of ZY

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:November 2017

    FURTHER DETAILS

jack dongarra, 3/11/78. modified 12/3/93, array(1) declarations changed to array(*)

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zswap (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 98adce74-f596-46e5-9754-2496973bd20b using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zsymm (3m_blas)

NAME

zsymm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zsymm(side,uplo,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: lda,ldb,ldc,m,n
      character,intent(in)               :: side,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZSYMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, A is a symmetric matrix and B and C are m by n matrices.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether the symmetric matrix A appears on the left or right in the operation as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   C := alpha*A*B + beta*C,

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ C := alpha*B*A + beta*C,

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix A is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the upper triangular part of the
                                  symmetric matrix is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix is to be referenced.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of the matrix C. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n otherwise. Before entry with SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’, the m by m part of the array A must contain the symmetric matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading m by m upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading m by m lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’, the n by n part of the array A must contain the symmetric matrix, such that when UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced, and when UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta. When BETA is supplied as zero then C need not be set on input.

    C

C is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array C must contain the matrix C, except when beta is zero, in which case C need not be set on entry. On exit, the array C is overwritten by the m by n updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zsymm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 392096c6-3f11-4c91-9100-18c405fb0491 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zsyr2k (3m_blas)

NAME

zsyr2k(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zsyr2k(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: k,lda,ldb,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)               :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*),b(ldb,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZSYR2K performs one of the symmetric rank 2k operations

    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, C is an n by n symmetric matrix and A and B are n by k matrices in the first case and k by n matrices in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’    C := alpha*A*B**T + alpha*B*A**T +
                                         beta*C.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ C := alpha*A**T*B + alpha*B**T*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrices A and B, and on entry with TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrices A and B. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    B

B is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDB, kb ), where kb is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array B must contain the matrix B, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDB must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDB must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zsyr2k (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 58291984-0265-4571-b166-14615b9a26ed using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - zsyrk (3m_blas)

NAME

zsyrk(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     C
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine zsyrk(uplo,trans,n,k,alpha,a,lda,beta,c,ldc)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: alpha,beta
      integer,intent(in)                 :: k,lda,ldc,n
      character,intent(in)               :: trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: c(ldc,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZSYRK performs one of the symmetric rank k operations

    C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C,

or

    C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C,

where alpha and beta are scalars, C is an n by n symmetric matrix and A is an n by k matrix in the first case and a k by n matrix in the second case.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   Only the  upper triangular part of  C
                                  is to be referenced.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ Only the lower triangular part of C is to be referenced.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, K specifies the number of columns of the matrix A, and on entry with TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’, K specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. K must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, ka ), where ka is k when TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, and is n otherwise. Before entry with TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’, the leading n by k part of the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading k by n part of the array A must contain the matrix A.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ), otherwise LDA must be at least max( 1, k ).

    BETA

BETA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.

    C

C is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDC, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array C must contain the upper triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the upper triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the upper triangular part of the updated matrix. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array C must contain the lower triangular part of the symmetric matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of C is not referenced. On exit, the lower triangular part of the array C is overwritten by the lower triangular part of the updated matrix.

    LDC

LDC is INTEGER On entry, LDC specifies the first dimension of C as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at least max( 1, n ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 zsyrk (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from f1e21b7e-abaa-4f1b-bdba-95daaa669382 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ztbmv (3m_blas)

NAME

ztbmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ztbmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,k,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)               :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZTBMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**H*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. On entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, K specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer an upper triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a lower triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’ the elements of the array A corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ztbmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 6a3a1df9-a239-48b5-891b-63a31ccc1162 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ztbsv (3m_blas)

NAME

ztbsv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ztbsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,k,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,k,lda,n
      character,intent(in)               :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZTBSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular band matrix, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**H*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    K

K is INTEGER On entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, K specifies the number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. On entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, K specifies the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. K must satisfy 0 .le. K.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the upper triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row ( k + 1 ) of the array, the first super-diagonal starting at position 2 in row k, and so on. The top left k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer an upper triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = K + 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = MAX( 1, J - K ), J
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading ( k + 1 ) by n part of the array A must contain the lower triangular band part of the matrix of coefficients, supplied column by column, with the leading diagonal of the matrix in row 1 of the array, the first sub-diagonal starting at position 1 in row 2, and so on. The bottom right k by k triangle of the array A is not referenced. The following program segment will transfer a lower triangular band matrix from conventional full matrix storage to band storage:

                 DO 20, J = 1, N
                    M = 1 - J
                    DO 10, I = J, MIN( N, J + K )
                       A( M + I, J ) = matrix( I, J )
10 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE

Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’ the elements of the array A corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least ( k + 1 ).

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ztbsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from a639be54-e62f-4050-bc33-91c8fa64d24e using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ztpmv (3m_blas)

NAME

ztpmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ztpmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,ap,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)               :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: ap(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZTPMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**H*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    AP

AP is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ztpmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from d673477d-ef07-4894-bdc5-07862bf22a38 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ztpsv (3m_blas)

NAME

ztpsv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ztpsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,ap,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,n
      character,intent(in)               :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: ap(*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZTPSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix, supplied in packed form.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**H*x = b.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    AP

AP is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( ( n*( n + 1 ) )/2 ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the array AP must contain the upper triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 1, 2 ) and a( 2, 2 ) respectively, and so on. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the array AP must contain the lower triangular matrix packed sequentially, column by column, so that AP( 1 ) contains a( 1, 1 ), AP( 2 ) and AP( 3 ) contain a( 2, 1 ) and a( 3, 1 ) respectively, and so on. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced, but are assumed to be unity.

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ztpsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 3c29d90c-f95b-4266-8237-f52c4c2289fd using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ztrmm (3m_blas)

NAME

ztrmm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ztrmm(side,uplo,transa,diag,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)                 :: lda,ldb,m,n
      character,intent(in)               :: diag,side,transa,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: b(ldb,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZTRMM performs one of the matrix-matrix operations

    B := alpha*op( A )*B,   or   B := alpha*B*op( A )

where alpha is a scalar, B is an m by n matrix, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of

    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T   or   op( A ) = A**H.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) multiplies B from the left or right as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   B := alpha*op( A )*B.

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ B := alpha*B*op( A ).

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’   op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’ op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’ op( A ) = A**H.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha. When alpha is zero then A is not referenced and B need not be set before entry.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, k ), where k is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and is n when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’. Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading k by k upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading k by k lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDB, N ). Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the matrix B, and on exit is overwritten by the transformed matrix.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ztrmm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 79ec1c41-939c-4e7f-9834-7b1875ce5ee9 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ztrmv (3m_blas)

NAME

ztrmv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ztrmv(uplo,trans,diag,n,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)               :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZTRMV performs one of the matrix-vector operations

    x := A*x,   or   x := A**T*x,   or   x := A**H*x,

where x is an n element vector and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

TRANS is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   x := A*x.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ x := A**T*x.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ x := A**H*x.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ). Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element vector x. On exit, X is overwritten with the transformed vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine. The vector and matrix arguments are not referenced when N = 0, or M = 0

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ztrmv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from cbf3c09f-5c53-4848-9e80-36f0dc4e9b27 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ztrsm (3m_blas)

NAME

ztrsm(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX_16_BLAS_LEVEL3]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     B
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ztrsm(side,uplo,transa,diag,m,n,alpha,a,lda,b,ldb)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: alpha
      integer,intent(in)                 :: lda,ldb,m,n
      character,intent(in)               :: diag,side,transa,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: b(ldb,*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZTRSM solves one of the matrix equations

    op( A )*X = alpha*B,   or   X*op( A ) = alpha*B,

where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of

    op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T   or   op( A ) = A**H.

The matrix X is overwritten on B.

OPTIONS

    SIDE

SIDE is CHARACTER*1 On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left or right of X as follows:

              SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’   op( A )*X = alpha*B.

SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ X*op( A ) = alpha*B.

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix A is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANSA

TRANSA is CHARACTER*1 On entry, TRANSA specifies the form of op( A ) to be used in the matrix multiplication as follows:

              TRANSA = ’N’ or ’n’   op( A ) = A.

TRANSA = ’T’ or ’t’ op( A ) = A**T.

TRANSA = ’C’ or ’c’ op( A ) = A**H.

    DIAG

DIAG is CHARACTER*1 On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    M

M is INTEGER On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at least zero.

    N

N is INTEGER On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B. N must be at least zero.

    ALPHA

ALPHA is complex(kind=real64) On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha. When alpha is zero then A is not referenced and B need not be set before entry.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, k ), where k is m when SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ and k is n when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’. Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading k by k upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading k by k lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. When SIDE = ’L’ or ’l’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, m ), when SIDE = ’R’ or ’r’ then LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    B

B is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDB, N ) Before entry, the leading m by n part of the array B must contain the right-hand side matrix B, and on exit is overwritten by the solution matrix X.

    LDB

LDB is INTEGER On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDB must be at least max( 1, m ).

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 3 Blas routine.

-- Written on 8-February-1989. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Laboratory. Iain Duff, AERE Harwell. Jeremy Du Croz, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd. Sven Hammarling, Numerical Algorithms Group Ltd.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ztrsm (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 684dbb9f-1f58-4c3a-9120-feb1d8c5b454 using man macros.


 INDEX


Manual Reference Pages  - ztrsv (3m_blas)

NAME

ztrsv(3f) - [BLAS:COMPLEX16_BLAS_LEVEL2]

CONTENTS

Synopsis
Definition
Options
     X
Authors
     Further Details
See Also

SYNOPSIS

subroutine ztrsv(uplo,trans,diag,n,a,lda,x,incx)

      .. Scalar Arguments ..
      integer,intent(in)                 :: incx,lda,n
      character,intent(in)               :: diag,trans,uplo
      ..
      .. Array Arguments ..
      complex(kind=real64),intent(in)    :: a(lda,*)
      complex(kind=real64),intent(inout) :: x(*)
      ..

DEFINITION

ZTRSV solves one of the systems of equations

    A*x = b,   or   A**T*x = b,   or   A**H*x = b,

where b and x are n element vectors and A is an n by n unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix.

No test for singularity or near-singularity is included in this routine. Such tests must be performed before calling this routine.

OPTIONS

    UPLO

UPLO is CHARACTER*1 On entry, UPLO specifies whether the matrix is an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:

              UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’   A is an upper triangular matrix.

UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’ A is a lower triangular matrix.

    TRANS

On entry, TRANS specifies the equations to be solved as follows:

              TRANS = ’N’ or ’n’   A*x = b.

TRANS = ’T’ or ’t’ A**T*x = b.

TRANS = ’C’ or ’c’ A**H*x = b.

    DIAG

On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not A is unit triangular as follows:

              DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

DIAG = ’N’ or ’n’ A is not assumed to be unit triangular.

    N

On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix A. N must be at least zero.

    A

A is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension ( LDA, N ) Before entry with UPLO = ’U’ or ’u’, the leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A must contain the upper triangular matrix and the strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. Before entry with UPLO = ’L’ or ’l’, the leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A must contain the lower triangular matrix and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note that when DIAG = ’U’ or ’u’, the diagonal elements of A are not referenced either, but are assumed to be unity.

    LDA

LDA is INTEGER On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared in the calling (sub) program. LDA must be at least max( 1, n ).

    X

X is complex(kind=real64) array, dimension at least ( 1 + ( n - 1 )*abs( INCX ) ). Before entry, the incremented array X must contain the n element right-hand side vector b. On exit, X is overwritten with the solution vector x.

    INCX

INCX is INTEGER On entry, INCX specifies the increment for the elements of X. INCX must not be zero.

AUTHORS

o Univ. of Tennessee
o Univ. of California Berkeley
o Univ. of Colorado Denver
o NAG Ltd.

 date:December 2016

    FURTHER DETAILS

Level 2 Blas routine.

-- Written on 22-October-1986. Jack Dongarra, Argonne National Lab. Jeremy Du Croz, Nag Central Office. Sven Hammarling, Nag Central Office. Richard Hanson, Sandia National Labs.

SEE ALSO

Online html documentation available at http://www.netlib.org/lapack/explore-html/


Nemo Release 3.1 ztrsv (3m_blas) July 20, 2023
Generated by manServer 1.08 from 586a3dad-1e87-4d73-af73-2b95eacf83e9 using man macros.

Themes: